1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
32 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
33 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
35 struct elf_info_failed
37 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
41 /* This structure is used to pass information to
42 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
44 struct elf_find_verdep_info
46 /* General link information. */
47 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
48 /* The number of dependencies. */
50 /* Whether we had a failure. */
54 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
55 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
57 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
59 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
60 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
61 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
65 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
66 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
67 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
69 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
72 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
73 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
74 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
75 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
76 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
80 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
82 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
,
85 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
89 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
90 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
92 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
93 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
98 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
102 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
103 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
104 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
106 /* This function may be called more than once. */
107 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".got");
111 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
113 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
114 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
115 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
116 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
119 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
123 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
125 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
129 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
131 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
133 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
134 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
139 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
140 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
142 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
144 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
145 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
146 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
147 a global offset table. */
148 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
149 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
150 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
158 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
160 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
162 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
164 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
165 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
166 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
168 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
170 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
171 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
177 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
178 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
179 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
180 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
181 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
182 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
185 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
189 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
190 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
192 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
195 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
198 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
201 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
202 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
204 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
206 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
207 shared library does not. */
208 if (info
->executable
)
210 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
211 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
216 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
217 if they are not needed. */
218 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
219 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
221 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
224 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
225 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
227 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
230 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
231 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
233 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
236 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
237 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
239 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
242 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
243 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
247 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
249 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
252 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
253 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
254 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
255 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
256 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
257 to decide how to initialize the process. */
258 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
259 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
265 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
266 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
268 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
270 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
273 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
275 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
276 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
278 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
280 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
281 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
282 variable count of 32-bit words. */
283 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
284 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
286 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
289 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
290 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
291 the .got and .plt sections. */
292 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
293 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
296 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
301 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
304 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
306 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
307 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
309 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
310 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
312 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
313 .rel[a].bss sections. */
314 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
317 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
318 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
319 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
320 to read in from the object file. */
321 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
323 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
324 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
325 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
327 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
329 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
333 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
335 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
337 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
338 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
339 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
345 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
346 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
347 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
349 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
353 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
356 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
358 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
359 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
360 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
361 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
362 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
363 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
364 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
365 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
369 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
370 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
371 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
372 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
373 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
374 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
375 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
376 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
377 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
378 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
382 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
383 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
384 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
385 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
387 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
395 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
396 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
397 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
398 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
399 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
400 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
404 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
405 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
407 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
409 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
414 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
415 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
416 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
417 this would not be necessary. */
418 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
422 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
423 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
426 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
434 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
435 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
437 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
440 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
441 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
446 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
448 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
449 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
451 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
452 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
453 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
454 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
455 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
458 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
463 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
465 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
471 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
474 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
475 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
476 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
478 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
480 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
481 if(h
->dynamic
|| info
->relocatable
)
484 if ((info
->dynamic_data
485 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
487 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)))
489 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
490 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
494 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
495 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
498 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
499 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
505 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
506 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
508 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
511 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
512 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
516 switch (h
->root
.type
)
518 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
519 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
520 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
522 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
523 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
524 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
525 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
526 may depend on this. */
527 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
528 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
529 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
531 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
532 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
535 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
536 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
537 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
538 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
540 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
541 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
542 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
543 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
545 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
546 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
547 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
548 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
550 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
555 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
556 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
557 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
558 force the correct value. */
562 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
564 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
565 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
566 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
567 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
571 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
577 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
578 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
579 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
580 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
583 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
585 if (!info
->relocatable
587 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
588 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
594 || (info
->executable
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
))
597 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
600 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
601 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
602 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
603 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
604 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
606 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
614 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
615 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
616 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
619 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
624 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
625 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
626 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
627 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
629 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
630 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
632 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
635 /* See if the entry exists already. */
636 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
637 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
640 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
641 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
645 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
646 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
647 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
649 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
653 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
654 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
658 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
659 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
661 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
662 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
663 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
668 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
669 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
670 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
672 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
675 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
676 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
681 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
682 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
684 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
686 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
688 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
689 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
690 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
691 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
694 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
696 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
698 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
703 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
706 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
710 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
712 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
713 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
718 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
719 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
720 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
723 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
726 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
731 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
732 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
738 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
739 STB_LOCAL binding. */
742 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
745 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
747 if (!h
->forced_local
)
750 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
751 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
756 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
757 omitted when creating a shared library. */
759 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
760 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
763 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
765 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
769 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
770 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
772 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
773 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
776 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
777 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
779 if (strcmp (p
->name
, ".got") == 0
780 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".got.plt") == 0
781 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
785 if (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
786 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
787 && ip
->output_section
== p
)
792 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
793 against any other section. */
799 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
800 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
801 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
802 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
806 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
807 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
808 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
810 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
812 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
814 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
816 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
817 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
818 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
819 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
820 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
822 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
824 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
826 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
827 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
830 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
832 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
833 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
834 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
837 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
838 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
841 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
842 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
843 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
844 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
847 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
851 /* Merge st_other field. */
854 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
855 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
856 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
858 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
860 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
861 code might be needed here. */
862 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
863 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
868 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
869 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
871 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
872 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
873 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
874 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
876 else if (definition
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
877 h
->protected_def
= 1;
880 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
881 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
882 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
883 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
884 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
885 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
886 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
887 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
888 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
889 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
890 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
891 type or size does change. */
894 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
895 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
897 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
900 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
902 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
903 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
905 bfd_boolean
*override
,
906 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
907 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
909 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
910 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
911 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
912 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
915 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
916 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
917 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
923 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
925 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
926 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
928 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
929 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
934 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
936 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
937 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
939 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
940 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
941 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
943 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
948 switch (h
->root
.type
)
953 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
954 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
955 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
958 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
959 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
960 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
961 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
964 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
965 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
966 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
968 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
971 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
974 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
975 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
976 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
977 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
979 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
981 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
982 if we are doing an ELF link. */
983 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
986 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
987 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
989 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
991 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
992 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
994 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
996 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
997 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
998 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
999 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1000 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1001 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1002 reference to the executable symbol. */
1005 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1007 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1009 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1010 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1016 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1020 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1021 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1022 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1024 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1030 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1031 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1032 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1033 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1034 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1035 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1037 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1038 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1039 || !h
->def_regular
))
1044 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1045 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1047 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1048 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1049 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1052 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1053 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1055 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1057 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1058 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1059 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1061 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1062 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1064 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1065 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1067 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1068 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1070 /* When we try to create a default indirect symbol from the dynamic
1071 definition with the default version, we skip it if its type and
1072 the type of existing regular definition mismatch. */
1073 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1077 && (((olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1078 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1079 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1080 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1081 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1083 && ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
1084 != (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))))
1090 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1091 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1092 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1094 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1095 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1096 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1097 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1100 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1101 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1103 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1123 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1124 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1125 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1126 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1127 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1128 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1129 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1130 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1131 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1133 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1134 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1135 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1136 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1138 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1139 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1140 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1141 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1143 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1147 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1148 definition from a dynamic object. */
1150 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1151 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1154 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1156 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1157 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1158 recorded as dynamic.
1160 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1161 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1162 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1167 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1170 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1171 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1172 object, we remove the old definition. */
1173 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1175 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1176 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1177 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1178 was referenced before. */
1181 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1182 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1183 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1185 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1186 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1188 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1189 any dynamic link state. */
1190 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1191 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1198 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1208 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1209 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1210 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1211 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1212 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1213 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1214 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1215 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1217 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1218 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1222 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1223 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1226 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1228 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1229 any dynamic link state. */
1230 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1231 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1237 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1243 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1244 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1245 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1246 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1247 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1248 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1249 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1251 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1252 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1254 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1256 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1259 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1260 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1261 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1263 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1264 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1265 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1270 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1271 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1273 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1274 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1277 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1278 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1280 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1281 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1282 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1283 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1284 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1285 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1286 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1287 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1288 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1289 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1290 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1293 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1294 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1296 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1297 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1298 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1299 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1300 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1306 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1307 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1310 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1312 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1316 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1318 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1319 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1322 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1324 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1326 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1327 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1328 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1330 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1335 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1336 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1341 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1343 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1344 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1345 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1346 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1347 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1349 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1350 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1353 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1354 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1356 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1359 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1360 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1361 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1362 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1363 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1364 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1366 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1367 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1368 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1369 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1370 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1371 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1376 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1377 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1381 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1383 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1384 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1386 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1387 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1388 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1389 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1390 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1392 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1393 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1396 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1397 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1398 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1399 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1403 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1407 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1408 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1409 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1410 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1413 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1414 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1416 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1417 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1418 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1419 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1425 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1426 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1428 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1429 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1430 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1434 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1439 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1440 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1441 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1442 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1443 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1445 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1446 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1447 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1452 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1453 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1458 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1459 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1462 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1463 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1464 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1467 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1469 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1470 overriding a function. */
1472 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1476 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1477 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1480 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1482 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1485 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1488 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1489 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1490 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1491 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1494 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1495 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1496 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1497 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1498 in the shared library. */
1501 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1504 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1505 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1506 or the alignment. */
1507 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1508 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1511 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1512 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1514 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1517 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1518 in the dynamic object. */
1519 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1520 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1523 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1525 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1526 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1528 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1529 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1531 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1534 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1539 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1540 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1541 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1542 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1543 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1544 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1545 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1546 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1550 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1557 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1558 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1559 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1560 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1563 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1564 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1567 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1571 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1573 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1574 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1577 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1578 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1579 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1580 bfd_boolean collect
;
1581 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1582 bfd_boolean override
;
1584 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1587 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1588 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1589 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1590 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1591 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1592 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1595 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1596 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1597 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1599 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1600 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1601 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1603 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1604 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1606 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1607 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1608 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1609 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1610 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1611 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1613 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1614 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1615 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1624 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1625 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1626 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1628 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1632 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1633 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1634 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1635 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1636 name, and it is the default version.
1638 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1639 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1640 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1642 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1643 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1644 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1645 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1646 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1647 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1648 definition in the regular object. */
1650 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1651 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1652 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1654 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1655 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1659 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1663 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1668 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1669 other fields correctly. */
1673 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1674 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1675 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1677 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1678 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1679 the user in that case. */
1681 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1683 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1685 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1686 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1688 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
1689 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
1690 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
1691 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1692 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
1694 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1700 if (! info
->executable
1707 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1713 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1717 len
= strlen (name
);
1718 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1719 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1721 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1722 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1724 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1725 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1726 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1728 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1729 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1730 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1738 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1739 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1740 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1741 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1742 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1743 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1744 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1750 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1751 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1752 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1754 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1756 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1757 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1758 to the user in that case. */
1760 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1762 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1763 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1764 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
1766 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1772 if (! info
->executable
1778 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1788 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1789 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1792 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1794 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1796 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1797 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1800 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
1801 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
1804 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1805 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
1806 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
1807 h
->root
.root
.string
))
1809 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1819 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1820 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1821 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1822 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1825 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1828 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
1829 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1830 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1833 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1838 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
1839 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1840 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
1843 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1844 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1848 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1851 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1852 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1858 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1863 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1866 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1870 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1871 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1872 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1876 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1879 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1883 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1884 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1885 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1887 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1889 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1890 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1892 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1895 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1902 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1903 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1904 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1905 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1908 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1910 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
1911 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1912 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1913 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1917 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1920 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1923 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1926 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1930 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1932 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1935 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
1936 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1937 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1939 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1944 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1945 not a hidden symbol. */
1947 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1953 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1961 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1962 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1964 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
1968 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1970 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
1971 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
1974 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1977 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
1978 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
1979 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
1980 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
1982 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
1986 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
1987 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
1989 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
1991 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
1993 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
1996 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
1997 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2005 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2006 version node for this version. */
2007 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
2009 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2012 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2013 to worry about it. */
2014 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2018 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2021 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2026 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2030 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2031 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2032 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2034 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2038 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2042 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2046 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2047 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2048 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2049 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2050 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2051 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2052 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2060 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2062 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2067 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2068 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2069 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2070 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2076 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2077 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2078 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2079 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2080 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2081 relocations should be stored.
2083 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2086 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2088 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2089 void *external_relocs
,
2090 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2092 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2093 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2094 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2095 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2096 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2097 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2100 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2101 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2104 /* Read the relocations. */
2105 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2108 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2109 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2111 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2113 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2114 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2115 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2116 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2117 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2120 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2124 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2125 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2126 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2127 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2131 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2132 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2133 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2137 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2139 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2140 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2141 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2143 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2144 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2148 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2150 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2151 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2152 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2154 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2155 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2158 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2159 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2165 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2166 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2167 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2168 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2169 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2170 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2171 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2172 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2173 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2176 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2178 void *external_relocs
,
2179 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2180 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2182 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2183 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2184 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2185 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2186 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2188 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2189 return esdo
->relocs
;
2191 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2194 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2198 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2199 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2201 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2203 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2204 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2208 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2210 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2213 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2215 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2217 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2220 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2223 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2226 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2230 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2231 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2232 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2233 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2237 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2239 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2242 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2244 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2249 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2250 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2252 return internal_relocs
;
2260 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2267 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2268 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2271 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2272 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2274 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2276 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2277 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2279 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2280 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2281 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2282 we zero the allocated space. */
2283 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2284 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2287 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2289 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2291 p
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2292 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
2296 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2302 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2303 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2307 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2308 asection
*input_section
,
2309 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2310 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2311 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2314 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2315 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2317 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2318 asection
*output_section
;
2319 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2320 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2321 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2323 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2325 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2326 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2327 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2329 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2330 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2332 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2333 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2335 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2336 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2340 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2341 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2342 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2343 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2347 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2348 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2349 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2350 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2351 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2352 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2354 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2355 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2356 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2359 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2361 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2366 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2369 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2370 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2374 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2375 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2380 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2381 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2382 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2383 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2384 the face of future changes. */
2387 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2388 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2392 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2393 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2394 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2395 an ELF dynamic object. */
2398 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2399 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2401 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2402 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2405 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2409 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2410 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2411 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2414 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2420 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2424 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2433 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2434 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2435 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2436 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2437 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2438 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2439 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2440 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2442 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2443 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2444 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2445 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2446 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2450 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2451 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2452 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2453 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2456 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2457 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2458 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2459 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2460 flag will not have been set. */
2461 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2465 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2468 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2469 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2470 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2471 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2472 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2473 will force it local. */
2475 && eif
->info
->shared
2476 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2477 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2478 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2481 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2483 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2484 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2485 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2488 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2489 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2490 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2491 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2492 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2494 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2495 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2496 over to the real definition. */
2497 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2499 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2500 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2501 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2502 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2503 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2506 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2508 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2509 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2511 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2512 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2513 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2514 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2515 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2516 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2523 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2524 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2528 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2530 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2532 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2534 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2537 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2538 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2541 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2542 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2545 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2546 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2547 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2548 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2549 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2550 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2551 referenced by another one? */
2553 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2557 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2559 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2563 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2564 can happen via a recursive call. */
2565 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2568 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2569 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2570 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2571 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2572 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2574 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2575 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2576 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2577 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2579 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2580 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2581 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2582 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2583 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2584 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2585 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2588 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2589 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2590 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2591 extern int timezone;
2593 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2594 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2595 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2596 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2597 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2598 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2599 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2600 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2602 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2604 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2605 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2606 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2608 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2609 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2610 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2614 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2615 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2616 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2617 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2618 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2620 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2622 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2623 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2624 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2626 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2627 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2629 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2638 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2642 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2643 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2646 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2648 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2650 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2651 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2652 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2653 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2654 for the minimum alignment. */
2655 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2656 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2657 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2663 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2666 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2667 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2672 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2673 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2675 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2676 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2677 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2679 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2680 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2682 if (h
->protected_def
)
2684 info
->callbacks
->einfo
2685 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%T' is invalid\n"),
2686 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2687 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2694 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2695 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2698 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2702 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2703 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2704 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2705 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2707 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2709 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2710 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2711 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2712 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2713 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2719 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2720 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2721 considered to bind dynamically. */
2724 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2725 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2726 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2728 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2729 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2730 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2735 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2736 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2737 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2739 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2740 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2742 if (h
->forced_local
)
2745 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2746 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2747 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
);
2749 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2756 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2757 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2760 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2762 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2763 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2764 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2765 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2766 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2773 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2774 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2777 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2778 us that it remains local. */
2779 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2782 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2783 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2784 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2785 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
2786 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
2787 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
2788 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
2789 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
2790 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
2791 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
2792 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
2793 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
2796 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2797 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2798 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2800 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2801 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2803 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2807 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2808 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
2809 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
2812 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2813 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2814 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2816 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2817 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2818 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2821 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2822 if (h
->forced_local
)
2825 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2826 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2829 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2830 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2831 shared libraries. */
2832 if (info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
2835 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2836 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2837 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2840 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2841 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2844 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2846 /* STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local. */
2847 if (!bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2850 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2851 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
2852 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
2853 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
2854 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
2855 return local_protected
;
2858 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2859 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2861 struct bfd_section
*
2862 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2864 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2865 unsigned int align
= 0;
2867 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2868 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2872 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2873 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2874 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2876 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2878 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2879 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2881 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2886 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2888 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2889 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2891 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2893 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2894 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2895 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2898 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2899 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2900 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
2903 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2904 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2907 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2908 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2909 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
2912 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2913 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2914 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2915 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2917 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2919 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2920 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2921 in the same way that it used to do. */
2927 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2928 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2929 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2931 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2933 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2934 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2935 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2936 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2937 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2938 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2939 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2942 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2946 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2949 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2950 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2951 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2953 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2955 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2957 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
2958 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
2959 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
2961 extsymcount
= symcount
;
2966 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
2967 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
2970 if (extsymcount
== 0)
2973 /* Read in the symbol table. */
2974 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
2976 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
2979 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
2981 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
2985 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
2990 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
2992 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3002 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3005 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3009 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3010 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3012 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3013 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3014 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3016 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3017 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3020 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3021 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3022 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3024 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3025 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3026 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3030 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3031 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3034 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3039 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3040 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3041 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3044 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3045 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3049 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3050 bfd_size_type strindex
;
3052 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3055 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3056 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3057 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3060 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3063 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3066 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3067 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3069 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3070 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3071 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3073 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3075 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3076 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3077 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3079 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3087 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3090 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3094 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3095 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3101 on_needed_list (const char *soname
, struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
)
3103 for (; needed
!= NULL
; needed
= needed
->next
)
3104 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (needed
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3105 && strcmp (soname
, needed
->name
) == 0)
3111 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3113 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3115 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3116 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3117 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3119 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3120 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3121 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3123 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3126 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3128 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3130 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3131 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3134 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3135 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3138 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3140 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3142 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3143 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3147 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3151 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3153 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3154 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3155 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3156 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3159 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3162 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3163 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3165 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3166 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3167 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3169 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3170 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3171 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3172 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3174 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3176 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3180 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3190 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3195 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3198 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3199 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3200 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3201 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3203 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3204 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3206 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3207 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3212 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3213 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3215 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3219 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3221 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3222 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3224 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3226 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3227 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3228 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3230 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3231 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3232 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3235 while (def
.vd_next
);
3238 /* Adjust version references. */
3239 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3244 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3245 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3247 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3251 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3253 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3254 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3255 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3256 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3257 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3259 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3260 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3261 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3263 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3265 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3266 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3269 while (need
.vn_next
);
3275 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3276 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3280 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3281 const bfd_target
*output
)
3283 return input
== output
;
3286 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3287 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3288 are virtually identical. */
3291 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3292 const bfd_target
*output
)
3294 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3296 if (input
== output
)
3299 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3300 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3302 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3305 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3306 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3309 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3310 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3311 processing the lib. */
3314 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3315 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3316 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3318 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3321 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3324 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3326 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3327 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3328 bfd_size_type symcount
;
3329 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
3330 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
3331 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3332 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3333 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3334 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3335 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3336 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3337 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3338 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3339 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3340 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3341 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3342 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3343 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3345 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3346 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3347 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3348 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3349 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3351 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3352 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3353 long old_dynsymcount
= 0;
3354 bfd_size_type old_dynstr_size
= 0;
3357 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3359 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3360 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3362 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3368 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3369 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3370 the format of the output file. */
3371 if (info
->relocatable
3372 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3373 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3375 if (info
->relocatable
)
3376 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3378 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3383 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3384 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3385 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3386 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3387 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3388 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3389 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3390 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3391 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3392 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3394 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3395 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3396 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3397 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3398 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3399 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3403 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3404 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3409 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3411 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3412 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3413 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3414 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3415 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3416 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3417 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3418 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3422 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3424 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3426 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3428 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3429 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3434 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3438 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3443 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3444 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3445 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3448 if (!info
->relocatable
&& info
->executable
)
3450 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3451 not get copied into the output file. */
3454 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3455 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3456 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3461 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3462 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3467 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3468 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3469 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3470 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. FIXME: If there
3471 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3472 make a shared library. */
3475 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3476 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3477 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3479 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3483 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3487 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3489 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3492 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3493 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3497 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3498 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3499 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3500 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3501 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3502 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3504 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3505 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3506 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3508 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3513 unsigned int elfsec
;
3514 unsigned long shlink
;
3516 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3523 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3524 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3525 goto error_free_dyn
;
3526 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3528 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3529 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3530 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3532 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3534 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3535 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3537 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3538 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3540 goto error_free_dyn
;
3542 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3544 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3546 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3548 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3549 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3550 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3551 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3552 goto error_free_dyn
;
3553 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3554 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3556 goto error_free_dyn
;
3557 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3561 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3565 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3567 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3569 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3571 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3572 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3573 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3574 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3575 goto error_free_dyn
;
3576 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3577 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3579 goto error_free_dyn
;
3580 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3584 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3590 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3591 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3593 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3595 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3597 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3598 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3599 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3600 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3601 goto error_free_dyn
;
3602 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3603 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3605 goto error_free_dyn
;
3606 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3616 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3618 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3619 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3626 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3627 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3633 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3634 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3639 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3640 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3641 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3642 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3643 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3644 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3646 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3648 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3649 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3650 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3651 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3653 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3655 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3656 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3657 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3660 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3661 will need to know it. */
3662 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3664 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3668 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3669 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3670 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3674 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
3675 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
3678 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3679 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3680 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3681 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3683 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3684 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3686 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3688 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3690 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3691 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3693 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3695 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3700 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3701 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3704 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
3705 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3707 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3709 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3712 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3714 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
3716 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3717 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3718 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3719 goto error_free_sym
;
3720 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3726 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3727 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3728 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3729 goto error_free_sym
;
3731 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3732 to internal format. */
3733 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3735 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3737 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3738 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3739 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3740 goto error_free_sym
;
3741 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3742 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3743 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3744 goto error_free_vers
;
3748 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
3749 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
3750 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
3751 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
3756 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3758 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3759 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3761 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3763 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3764 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3765 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3766 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3770 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
3771 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
3772 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
3773 goto error_free_vers
;
3775 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
3776 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
3777 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
3778 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
3779 goto error_free_vers
;
3781 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
3782 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
3783 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
3784 goto error_free_vers
;
3786 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
3787 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
3788 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
3789 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
3790 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
3791 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
3792 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
3793 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
3794 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
3795 old_dynsymcount
= htab
->dynsymcount
;
3796 old_dynstr_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (htab
->dynstr
);
3798 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3800 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3801 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3803 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3805 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3806 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3807 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3808 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3810 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3811 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3818 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3819 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3821 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3825 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
3828 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
3830 bfd_boolean definition
;
3831 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3832 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3833 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3834 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
3835 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
3836 bfd_boolean override
;
3838 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3843 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3845 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3846 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
3848 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3852 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3853 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3854 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3859 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
3867 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
3868 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
3872 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3876 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3877 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3878 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3879 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3880 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3882 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3883 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3884 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3885 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3889 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3891 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3892 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
3894 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
3896 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3897 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3899 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3903 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3906 goto error_free_vers
;
3908 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3909 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
3911 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
3915 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
3917 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
3919 goto error_free_vers
;
3923 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3924 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3925 && !info
->relocatable
)
3927 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3931 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
3932 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3933 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
3935 goto error_free_vers
;
3939 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
3941 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
3943 goto error_free_vers
;
3945 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3946 should be skipped for some reason. */
3951 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3954 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3955 goto error_free_vers
;
3958 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
3959 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
3960 for this executable. */
3961 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3962 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3965 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3966 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3971 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3972 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
3978 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3980 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
3981 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
3986 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
3987 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
3988 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3993 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
3995 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
3997 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
3998 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
3999 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4000 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4001 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4002 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4004 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4005 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4008 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4011 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4013 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4015 else if (vernum
> 1)
4017 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4023 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4024 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4026 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4027 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4028 goto error_free_vers
;
4033 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4034 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4035 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4037 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4040 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4044 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4046 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4048 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4050 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4059 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4060 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4061 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4062 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4063 goto error_free_vers
;
4067 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4068 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4069 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4070 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4071 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4074 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4075 if (newname
== NULL
)
4076 goto error_free_vers
;
4077 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4078 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4080 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4081 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4082 default version of the symbol. */
4083 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4084 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4086 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4091 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4092 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4096 || (abfd
->my_archive
&& abfd
->my_archive
->no_export
))
4097 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4098 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4099 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4101 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4102 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4103 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4104 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
4105 goto error_free_vers
;
4114 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4115 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4116 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4118 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4121 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4124 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4125 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4126 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4127 goto error_free_vers
;
4130 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4133 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4134 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4135 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4139 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4140 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4144 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4145 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4146 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4148 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4149 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4150 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4151 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4152 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4153 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4154 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4155 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4156 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4157 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4158 definition anyhow. */
4160 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4165 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4166 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4167 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4172 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4175 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4176 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4177 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4179 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4180 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4182 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4185 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4187 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4188 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4189 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4190 object and a shared object. */
4191 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4193 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4194 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4195 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4202 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4203 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4215 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4216 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4217 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4218 && (! info
->executable
4228 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4233 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4236 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4237 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4238 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4241 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4243 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4247 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4248 the default name. */
4250 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4251 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4252 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4253 goto error_free_vers
;
4255 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4256 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4257 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4258 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4259 alignment is maintained. */
4260 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4261 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4263 unsigned int common_align
;
4264 unsigned int normal_align
;
4265 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4269 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4270 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4272 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4273 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4274 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
4276 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4277 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4278 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4281 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4285 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4286 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4291 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4293 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4296 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4298 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4299 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4300 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4301 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4302 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4303 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4304 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4306 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4307 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4308 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4309 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4310 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4314 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4315 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4316 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4317 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4320 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4321 && ! size_change_ok
)
4322 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4323 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4324 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4326 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4327 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4329 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4332 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4333 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4334 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4335 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4336 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4338 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4339 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4341 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4342 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4343 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4344 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4346 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4348 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4350 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4351 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4354 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4356 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4357 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4358 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4359 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4360 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4366 /* Merge st_other field. */
4367 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, definition
, dynamic
);
4369 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4370 if (definition
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) && !info
->relocatable
)
4373 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4374 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4379 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4380 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4383 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4385 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4386 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4388 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4389 aliases can be checked. */
4392 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4393 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4395 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4397 goto error_free_vers
;
4399 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4403 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4405 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4406 goto error_free_vers
;
4407 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4409 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4411 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4412 goto error_free_vers
;
4415 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4416 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4417 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4419 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4423 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4428 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd. */
4432 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4434 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4435 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4436 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4437 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
), htab
->needed
))))
4440 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4442 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4443 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4445 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4446 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4447 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4448 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4451 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4453 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4454 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4456 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4457 goto error_free_vers
;
4460 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4461 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4464 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4466 goto error_free_vers
;
4468 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4473 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4479 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4485 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4489 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4490 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4491 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
4492 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4493 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4494 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4495 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4496 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4497 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4498 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4499 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore_size (htab
->dynstr
, old_dynstr_size
);
4500 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4502 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4503 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4505 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4507 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4509 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4510 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4511 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4512 if (h
->dynindx
>= old_dynsymcount
4513 && h
->dynstr_index
< old_dynstr_size
)
4514 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
4516 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4517 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4518 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4520 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4522 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4523 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4528 alignment_power
= 0;
4530 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4531 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4532 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4533 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4535 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4536 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4537 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4539 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4541 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4542 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4543 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4544 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4549 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4550 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4551 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
4552 goto error_free_vers
;
4555 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4557 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4558 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4562 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4564 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
4565 goto error_free_vers
;
4570 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
4571 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4572 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4574 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
4576 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4578 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4579 char *shortname
, *p
;
4581 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4583 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4584 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4587 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4588 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4590 goto error_free_vers
;
4591 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4592 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4594 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4595 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4596 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4598 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4599 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4600 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4602 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4603 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4604 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4605 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4606 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4608 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4609 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4611 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4617 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4618 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4621 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4622 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4623 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4624 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4625 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4626 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4627 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4628 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4629 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4630 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4631 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4632 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4636 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4637 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4638 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4639 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4642 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4643 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4644 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4645 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4646 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4647 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4649 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4650 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4651 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4653 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4657 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4658 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
4666 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4667 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4670 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4672 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4675 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
4678 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4679 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4681 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4682 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4683 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4684 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4685 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4686 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4692 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4694 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4695 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4702 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4712 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4716 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
4717 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
4718 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
4719 one past the matching symbol(s). */
4722 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4723 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4724 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4728 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
4729 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
4730 the largest size. */
4733 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4735 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4736 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
4737 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
4739 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4741 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4743 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4744 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4746 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4748 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4751 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4756 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4757 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4758 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4759 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4760 real definition and the weak definition. */
4761 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4763 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4764 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
4771 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4774 if (bed
->check_directives
4775 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
4778 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4779 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4782 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4783 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4784 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4785 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4786 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4787 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4788 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4789 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4790 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4791 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4793 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4794 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4796 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4797 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
4798 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
4799 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
4803 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4805 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4808 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4809 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4810 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4811 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4812 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4815 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4817 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4820 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4822 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4823 free (internal_relocs
);
4830 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4831 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4833 && ! info
->traditional_format
4834 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4835 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4839 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4840 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4842 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4845 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4846 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
4847 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4848 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4849 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4850 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4852 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4854 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4855 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
4856 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
4859 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4860 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4865 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
4867 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4868 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4870 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*)
4871 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_link_loaded_list
));
4875 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
4882 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4884 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4885 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4886 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4889 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4895 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4896 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4898 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4899 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4900 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4903 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4907 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4911 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4912 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4913 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4914 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4916 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4917 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4920 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4921 len
= strlen (name
);
4922 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4924 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4926 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4927 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4928 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4930 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4933 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4935 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4936 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4937 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4940 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4944 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4945 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
4946 handle versioned symbols.
4948 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
4949 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
4950 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
4951 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
4954 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
4955 table until nothing further is resolved. */
4958 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4961 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
4965 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4966 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
4967 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
4969 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
4971 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
4972 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
4974 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
4978 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
4979 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
4980 second and subsequent passes. */
4981 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
4985 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
4986 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
4987 if (included
== NULL
)
4990 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
4991 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4992 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5005 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5006 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5008 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5010 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5015 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5021 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5022 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5028 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5030 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5031 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5032 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5033 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5036 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5037 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5038 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5039 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5040 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5042 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5045 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5047 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5048 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5053 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5054 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5055 if (element
== NULL
)
5058 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5061 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5063 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5064 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5066 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5069 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5070 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5071 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5072 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5073 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5074 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5075 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5076 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5079 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5080 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5084 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5089 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5091 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5092 on through the loop. */
5093 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5103 if (included
!= NULL
)
5108 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5112 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5114 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5117 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5119 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5121 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5126 struct hash_codes_info
5128 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5132 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5133 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5136 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5138 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5144 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5145 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5148 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5149 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5152 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5158 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5159 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5163 /* Compute the hash value. */
5164 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5166 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5167 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5169 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5171 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5179 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5182 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5183 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5184 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5185 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5186 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5187 unsigned long int *indx
;
5188 unsigned long int *counts
;
5191 long int min_dynindx
;
5192 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5193 unsigned long int symindx
;
5194 long int local_indx
;
5195 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5196 unsigned long int mask
;
5200 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5201 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5204 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5206 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5212 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5213 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5216 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5217 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5220 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5221 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5224 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5230 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5231 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5235 /* Compute the hash value. */
5236 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5238 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5239 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5240 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5241 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5243 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5244 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5252 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5253 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5256 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5258 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5259 unsigned long int bucket
;
5260 unsigned long int val
;
5262 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5263 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5266 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5267 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5269 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5270 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5274 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5275 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5276 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5277 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5279 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5280 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5281 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5282 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5284 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5285 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5286 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5287 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5291 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5294 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5296 return !(h
->forced_local
5297 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5298 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5299 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5300 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5301 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5304 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5305 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5306 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5307 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5308 than 32771 buckets. */
5310 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5312 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5316 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5317 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5318 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5319 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5320 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5321 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5322 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5323 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5325 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5326 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5327 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5330 size_t best_size
= 0;
5331 unsigned long int i
;
5333 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5334 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5335 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5336 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5341 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5342 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5343 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5344 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5345 unsigned long int *counts
;
5347 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5349 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5350 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5352 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5355 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5360 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5364 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5365 since the size could be large. */
5367 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5368 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5372 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5373 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5375 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5377 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5378 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5379 unsigned long int j
;
5380 unsigned long int fact
;
5382 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5385 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5387 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5388 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5389 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5391 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5392 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5393 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5394 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5395 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5396 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5397 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5400 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5402 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5405 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5406 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5407 over a few long chains). */
5408 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5409 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5411 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5412 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5415 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5416 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5417 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5418 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5419 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5421 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5422 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5423 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5427 /* Compare with current best results. */
5428 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5432 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5434 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5435 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5436 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5443 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5445 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5446 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5447 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5448 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5450 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5451 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5454 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5461 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5464 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5468 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5469 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5470 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5475 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5476 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5477 undefined it is initialized. */
5480 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5481 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5482 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5483 bfd_vma default_size
)
5485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5487 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5489 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5490 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5491 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5492 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5494 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5496 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5497 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5498 if (info
->stacksize
)
5499 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5500 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5501 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5502 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5503 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5505 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5508 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5509 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5510 size, set it now. */
5511 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5513 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5514 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5515 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5517 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5519 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5520 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5521 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5522 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5523 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5526 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5528 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5534 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5535 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5536 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5537 addresses of the various sections. */
5540 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5543 const char *filter_shlib
,
5545 const char *depaudit
,
5546 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5547 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5548 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5550 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
5552 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5553 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5557 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
5559 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5562 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5564 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5565 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5566 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5567 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5568 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5569 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5571 if (info
->relocatable
5572 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
5575 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5576 we're dynamic or not. */
5577 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5578 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5581 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
5582 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
5583 if (info
->execstack
)
5584 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5585 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5586 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
5590 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5593 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5595 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
5600 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5602 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5605 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5609 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
5612 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
5613 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5614 if (notesec
&& exec
&& info
->relocatable
5615 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5616 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5619 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5621 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5623 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5624 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5626 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5627 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5629 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5631 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
5632 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
5636 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5638 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5639 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5645 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5647 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5655 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5657 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5660 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
5661 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
5665 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5669 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5670 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5671 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5672 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5676 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5678 const char * const *p
;
5680 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5684 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5686 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5687 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5696 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
5698 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5699 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
5703 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
5707 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
5709 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5710 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
5717 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5718 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5719 if (info
->export_dynamic
5720 || (info
->executable
&& info
->dynamic
))
5722 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5723 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5729 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5730 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5731 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5732 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
5734 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5735 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5736 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
5737 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5739 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
5741 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
5743 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5744 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5746 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5747 if (newname
== NULL
)
5749 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
5750 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
5752 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5753 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5755 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5756 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5757 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5760 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5761 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5763 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
5765 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5766 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5767 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5772 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
5773 not defined in a shared object. */
5775 && !newh
->def_dynamic
5776 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5777 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5781 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
5782 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
5783 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5785 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5786 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
5791 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
5793 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
5795 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5796 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5797 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
5799 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5800 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
5801 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
5802 all_defined
= FALSE
;
5807 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5812 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
5813 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
5814 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5815 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
5820 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
5821 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
5822 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
5824 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
5825 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5826 h
= (info
->init_function
5827 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5828 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5835 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5838 h
= (info
->fini_function
5839 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5840 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5847 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5851 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
5852 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5854 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5855 if (! info
->executable
)
5860 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5861 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
5862 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5863 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5864 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5865 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5867 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5868 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5877 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5878 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5881 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
5882 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5884 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5885 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5888 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
5889 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5891 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5892 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5896 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5897 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5898 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5899 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5900 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5901 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5903 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5905 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5906 if ((info
->emit_hash
5907 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
5908 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
5909 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
5910 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5911 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5912 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5913 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5914 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5919 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
5922 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
5923 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5926 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
5929 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5931 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5932 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
5935 /* Set up the version definition section. */
5936 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
5937 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5939 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
5940 just linking a regular application. */
5941 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
5943 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
5944 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
5945 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
5947 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
5948 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5953 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5955 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
5956 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
5957 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5958 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5964 /* Make space for the base version. */
5965 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5966 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5969 /* Make space for the default version. */
5970 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5972 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5976 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5978 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5980 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
5984 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5985 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5988 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5989 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5993 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5994 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5997 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6001 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6002 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6005 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6007 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6008 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6012 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6013 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6014 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6017 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6019 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6021 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6022 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6029 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6030 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6031 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6033 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6035 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6037 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6039 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6040 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6041 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6042 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6044 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6046 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6047 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6049 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6051 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6054 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6055 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6057 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6060 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6061 aux block, but different flags. */
6064 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6066 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6067 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6070 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6071 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6072 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6074 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6075 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6076 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6078 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6081 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6083 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6088 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6091 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6093 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6094 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6096 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6098 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6101 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6102 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6104 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6107 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6109 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6110 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6112 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6113 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6114 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6115 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6116 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6119 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6120 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6121 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6122 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6124 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6125 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6126 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6128 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6129 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6130 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6132 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6133 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6135 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6136 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6137 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6138 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6140 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6141 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6142 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6144 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6146 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6148 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6150 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6154 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6155 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6158 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6159 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6161 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6163 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6164 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6165 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6169 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6170 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6173 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6176 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6178 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6181 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6183 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6189 if (info
->executable
)
6190 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6193 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6197 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6199 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6200 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6202 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6205 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6206 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6208 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6210 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6211 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6216 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6217 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6220 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6225 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6228 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6232 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6234 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6236 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6237 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6241 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6242 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6246 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6251 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6255 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6258 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6260 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6261 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6262 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6263 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6265 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6268 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6269 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6272 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6273 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6275 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6276 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6277 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6279 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6281 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6282 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6283 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6284 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6287 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6290 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6292 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6293 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6294 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6298 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6299 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6302 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6306 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6307 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6308 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6309 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6311 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6312 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6318 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6319 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6321 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6325 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6326 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6327 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6329 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6334 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6335 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6337 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6341 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6342 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6343 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6344 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6345 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6347 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6351 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6352 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6353 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6354 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6356 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6360 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6361 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6362 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6366 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6368 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6370 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6373 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6374 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6376 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6380 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6381 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6382 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6384 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6386 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6387 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6388 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6389 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6391 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6392 §ion_sym_count
);
6394 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6395 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6396 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6397 if (dynsymcount
!= 0
6398 && (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6400 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6401 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6402 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6405 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6409 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6410 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6411 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6412 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6413 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6414 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6415 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
6416 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6417 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6419 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
6421 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6422 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6425 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol.
6426 Clear all the section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6427 ++section_sym_count
;
6428 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6431 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6433 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6434 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6435 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6437 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6438 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6440 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6442 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6444 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6445 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6447 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6448 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6449 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6451 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6452 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6454 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6455 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6456 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6463 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6465 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6468 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6471 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6473 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6474 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6475 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6476 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6477 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6478 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6481 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6482 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6483 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6486 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6489 unsigned char *contents
;
6490 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6494 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6496 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6497 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6499 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6500 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6501 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6504 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6505 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6506 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6509 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6510 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6511 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6514 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6519 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6521 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6523 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6527 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6528 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6530 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6532 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6533 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6534 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6535 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6536 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6537 if (contents
== NULL
)
6539 s
->contents
= contents
;
6540 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6541 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6542 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6543 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6544 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6545 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6546 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6547 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6548 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6549 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6550 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6551 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6552 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6556 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6557 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6561 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6563 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6565 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6566 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6568 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6569 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6571 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6577 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6578 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6579 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6580 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6581 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6582 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6583 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6584 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6586 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6590 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6591 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6592 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6593 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6595 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6596 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6597 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6598 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6600 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6601 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6603 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6604 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6606 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6607 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6608 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6610 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6611 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6612 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6613 if (contents
== NULL
)
6615 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6616 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6620 s
->contents
= contents
;
6621 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6622 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6623 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6624 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6625 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6627 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6629 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6630 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6632 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6636 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6638 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6639 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6640 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6642 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6643 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6645 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6647 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6650 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6651 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6655 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6656 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6658 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6660 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6662 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6663 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
6670 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
6673 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6676 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
6677 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
6680 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
6683 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6688 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6691 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6692 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
6693 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6694 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
6695 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
6697 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
6699 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6700 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
6701 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6702 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
6704 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
6705 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
6708 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
6709 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6710 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
6714 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
6716 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
6717 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
6718 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
6721 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
6725 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
6726 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
6731 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
6732 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
6735 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
6736 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
6738 /* Set local fields. */
6741 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
6742 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
6743 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
6744 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
6745 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
6746 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
6747 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
6748 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
6755 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
6756 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
6759 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6760 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
6761 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
6763 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6765 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
6766 symbol which just became indirect. */
6768 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
6769 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
6770 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
6771 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
6772 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
6773 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
6775 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6778 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
6779 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
6780 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6781 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
6783 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
6784 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
6785 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
6786 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
6789 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
6791 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
6792 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
6793 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
6794 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
6797 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
6799 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
6800 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
6801 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
6802 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
6804 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
6809 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6810 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6811 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6813 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
6814 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6816 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6821 h
->forced_local
= 1;
6822 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6825 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6831 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
6835 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
6836 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
6838 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
6839 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
6841 unsigned int entsize
,
6842 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
6845 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
6847 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6848 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6849 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6850 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6851 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
6852 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
6854 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
6856 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
6857 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
6862 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
6864 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
6865 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
6867 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
6868 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
6870 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
6874 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
6875 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
6881 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
6886 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
6889 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
6891 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6893 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
6894 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
6895 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
6896 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
6897 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
6900 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
6901 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
6902 entry for a dynamic object. */
6905 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
6907 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6908 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6909 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
6913 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
6916 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6917 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6918 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
6925 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
6927 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6928 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6929 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
6932 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
6933 the linker ELF emulation code. */
6935 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6936 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6937 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6939 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6941 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
6944 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
6945 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
6947 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6948 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6949 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6951 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6953 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
6956 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
6957 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
6958 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
6961 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
6963 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6964 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6965 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
6969 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
6970 the ELF linker emulation code. */
6973 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
6974 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
6977 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
6978 unsigned int elfsec
;
6979 unsigned long shlink
;
6980 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
6982 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
6986 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6987 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
6990 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
6991 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
6994 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
6997 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
6998 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7001 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7003 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7004 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7007 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7008 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7010 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7012 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7014 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7017 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7020 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7021 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7024 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7029 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7050 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7052 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7053 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7054 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7057 struct elf_symbuf_head
7059 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7060 bfd_size_type count
;
7061 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7068 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7069 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7074 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7077 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7079 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7080 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7082 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7086 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7088 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7089 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7090 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7093 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7094 elf_create_symbuf (bfd_size_type symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7096 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7097 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7098 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7099 bfd_size_type i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7101 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7105 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7106 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7107 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7110 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7111 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7114 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7115 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7116 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7119 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7120 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7121 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7122 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7128 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7129 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7130 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7131 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7132 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7134 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7137 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7138 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7139 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7141 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7142 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7143 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7146 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type
) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7147 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7154 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7158 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7159 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7162 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7163 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7164 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
7165 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7166 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7167 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7168 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7169 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
7170 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7176 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7177 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7178 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7181 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7184 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7185 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7186 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7189 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7190 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7191 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7192 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7193 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7194 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7196 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7202 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7203 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7205 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7207 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7209 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7212 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7213 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7214 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7217 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7219 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7221 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7224 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7225 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7226 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7229 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7231 /* Optimized faster version. */
7232 bfd_size_type lo
, hi
, mid
;
7233 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7234 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7237 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7242 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7243 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7245 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7249 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7256 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7261 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7262 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7264 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7268 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7274 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7277 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7278 bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7279 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7280 bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7281 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7285 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7286 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7288 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7289 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7295 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7296 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7298 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7299 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7304 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7305 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7306 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7307 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7308 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7310 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7311 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7312 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7313 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7314 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7321 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7322 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7323 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7324 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7325 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7328 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7330 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7331 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7332 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7335 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7336 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7337 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7339 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7342 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7344 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7345 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7347 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7349 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7350 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7352 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7353 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7354 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7355 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7356 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7358 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7359 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7360 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7361 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7362 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7380 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7383 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7384 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7388 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7389 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7392 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7395 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7397 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7399 struct elf_final_link_info
7401 /* General link information. */
7402 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7405 /* Symbol string table. */
7406 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7407 /* .dynsym section. */
7408 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
7409 /* .hash section. */
7411 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7412 asection
*symver_sec
;
7413 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7415 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7416 void *external_relocs
;
7417 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7418 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7419 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7421 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7422 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7423 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7424 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7426 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7427 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7428 of any input BFD. */
7430 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7431 symbol of any input BFD. */
7432 asection
**sections
;
7433 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
7435 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
7436 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7437 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
7438 size_t symbuf_count
;
7439 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
7441 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
7442 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
7443 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7444 size_t filesym_count
;
7447 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7449 struct elf_outext_info
7452 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7453 bfd_boolean need_second_pass
;
7454 bfd_boolean second_pass
;
7455 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
7456 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7460 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7462 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7463 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7464 relocations themselves.
7466 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7467 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7468 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7469 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7471 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7472 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7473 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7474 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7477 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7478 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7481 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7482 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7486 <binary-operator> := as in C
7487 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7490 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7491 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7496 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7497 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7498 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7500 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7502 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7504 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7505 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7507 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7508 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7509 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7510 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7513 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7517 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7518 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7520 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7521 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7522 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7523 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7524 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7525 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7526 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7527 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7531 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7533 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7535 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7538 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7539 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7540 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7541 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7544 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7546 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7550 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7553 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7554 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7557 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7558 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7560 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7562 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7564 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7565 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7567 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7568 (unsigned long) *result
);
7574 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7575 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7576 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7580 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7581 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7583 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7584 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7585 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7587 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7588 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7597 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7604 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7605 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7607 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7611 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7612 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7614 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
7615 if (len
> strlen (name
))
7618 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
7620 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
7622 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
;
7626 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
7634 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
7636 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
7641 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
7644 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7646 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7655 const char *sym
= *symp
;
7657 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
7662 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
7664 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7677 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
7681 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
7684 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
7685 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
7687 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
7689 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7693 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
7694 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
7695 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
7697 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
7698 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
7699 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
7700 section", and likewise with symbol. */
7702 if (symbol_is_section
)
7704 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
)
7705 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7706 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
7708 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
7714 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7715 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
7716 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
7719 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
7726 /* All that remains are operators. */
7728 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
7729 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7731 sym += strlen (#op); \
7735 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7736 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7739 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
7745 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
7746 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7748 sym += strlen (#op); \
7752 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7753 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7756 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7757 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7760 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
7790 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
7791 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7797 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
7798 unsigned long chunksz
,
7803 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
7805 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
, x
>>= (chunksz
* 8))
7813 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7816 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7819 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7823 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7833 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
7834 unsigned long chunksz
,
7841 /* Sanity checks. */
7842 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
7845 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
7846 && input_bfd
!= NULL
7847 && location
!= NULL
);
7849 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
7851 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
7853 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
7854 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
7855 of the loop below. */
7859 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
7861 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
7866 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
7869 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
7872 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
7876 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
7887 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
7888 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
7889 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
7890 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
7891 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
7892 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
7893 unsigned long *signed_p
,
7894 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
7895 unsigned long encoded
)
7897 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
7898 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
7899 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
7900 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
7901 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
7902 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
7903 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
7904 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
7907 bfd_reloc_status_type
7908 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
7909 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7911 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7914 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
7915 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
7916 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7918 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
7919 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
7920 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
7921 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
7922 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
7924 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
7925 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
7926 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
7928 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
7931 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
7933 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
7935 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7936 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7939 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
7940 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
7941 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
7942 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
7943 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
7944 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
7945 (unsigned long) relocation
);
7950 /* Now do an overflow check. */
7951 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
7952 ? complain_overflow_signed
7953 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
7954 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
7958 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
7961 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
7962 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
7963 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
7964 " result: %8.8lx\n",
7965 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
7966 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
7968 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7969 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7973 /* qsort comparison functions sorting external relocs by r_offset. */
7976 cmp_ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
7983 const union aligned32
*a
7984 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
7985 const union aligned32
*b
7986 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
7988 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
7989 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
7990 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
7991 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
7992 uint32_t bval
= ( (uint32_t) b
->c
[0]
7993 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[1] << 8
7994 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[2] << 16
7995 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[3] << 24);
7998 else if (aval
> bval
)
8004 cmp_ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8011 const union aligned32
*a
8012 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8013 const union aligned32
*b
8014 = (const union aligned32
*) ((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8016 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8017 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8018 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8019 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8020 uint32_t bval
= ( (uint32_t) b
->c
[0] << 24
8021 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[1] << 16
8022 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[2] << 8
8023 | (uint32_t) b
->c
[3]);
8026 else if (aval
> bval
)
8031 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8033 cmp_ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8040 const union aligned64
*a
8041 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8042 const union aligned64
*b
8043 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8045 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8046 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8047 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8048 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8049 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8050 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8051 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8052 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8053 uint64_t bval
= ( (uint64_t) b
->c
[0]
8054 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[1] << 8
8055 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[2] << 16
8056 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[3] << 24
8057 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[4] << 32
8058 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[5] << 40
8059 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[6] << 48
8060 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[7] << 56);
8063 else if (aval
> bval
)
8069 cmp_ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
, const void *q
)
8076 const union aligned64
*a
8077 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8078 const union aligned64
*b
8079 = (const union aligned64
*) ((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) q
)->r_offset
;
8081 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8082 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8083 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8084 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8085 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8086 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8087 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8088 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8089 uint64_t bval
= ( (uint64_t) b
->c
[0] << 56
8090 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[1] << 48
8091 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[2] << 40
8092 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[3] << 32
8093 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[4] << 24
8094 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[5] << 16
8095 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[6] << 8
8096 | (uint64_t) b
->c
[7]);
8099 else if (aval
> bval
)
8105 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8106 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8107 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8111 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8112 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8116 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8118 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8119 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8120 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8122 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8123 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8125 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8127 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8128 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8130 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8132 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8133 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8138 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8141 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8148 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8152 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8153 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8155 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8158 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8161 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8163 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8164 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8165 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8166 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8167 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8172 int (*compare
) (const void *, const void *);
8174 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8176 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8177 compare
= cmp_ext32l_r_offset
;
8178 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8179 compare
= cmp_ext32b_r_offset
;
8185 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8186 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8187 compare
= cmp_ext64l_r_offset
;
8188 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8189 compare
= cmp_ext64b_r_offset
;
8194 qsort (reldata
->hdr
->contents
, count
, reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
, compare
);
8195 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8196 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8200 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8206 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8207 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8208 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8212 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8214 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8215 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8216 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8218 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8219 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8221 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8223 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8225 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8227 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8229 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8231 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8237 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8239 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8240 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8242 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8244 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8246 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8248 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8250 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8252 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8258 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8260 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8263 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8264 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8265 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8266 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8267 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8268 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8269 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8270 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8271 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8273 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8275 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8276 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8277 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8278 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8279 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8281 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8283 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8284 It's initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8287 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8288 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8289 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8290 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8292 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8294 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8296 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8297 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8298 It is of no help to us. */
8302 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8303 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8306 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8307 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8313 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8317 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8319 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8320 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8323 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8324 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8330 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8335 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8337 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8338 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8343 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8344 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8346 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8348 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8350 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8351 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8352 It is of no help to us. */
8356 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8357 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8360 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8361 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8367 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8371 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8373 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8374 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8377 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8378 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8384 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8389 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8391 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8392 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8397 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8401 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8403 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8410 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8411 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8412 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8413 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8417 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8418 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8419 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8420 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8424 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8425 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8426 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8428 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8431 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8432 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8434 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8437 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8441 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8442 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8446 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8447 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8449 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8451 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8452 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8454 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8455 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8457 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8459 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8460 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8461 relocs in this case. */
8466 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8467 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8468 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8470 while (erel
< erelend
)
8472 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8474 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8475 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
8476 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8482 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8484 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8486 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8487 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8493 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8494 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8496 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8497 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8499 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8502 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8504 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8505 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8507 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8508 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8511 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8512 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8513 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8514 while (erel
< erelend
)
8516 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8517 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8524 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8528 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
8531 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8532 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
8534 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
8536 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8540 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8541 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
8542 amt
= flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8543 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8544 || bfd_bwrite (flinfo
->symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
8547 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
8548 flinfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
8554 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
8557 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8559 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
8560 asection
*input_sec
,
8561 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8564 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
8565 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
8566 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8567 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8568 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8570 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8571 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
8572 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
8574 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
8579 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
8580 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8581 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
8582 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8585 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
8587 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8591 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
>= flinfo
->symbuf_size
)
8593 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (flinfo
, bed
))
8597 dest
= flinfo
->symbuf
+ flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8598 destshndx
= flinfo
->symshndxbuf
;
8599 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
8601 if (bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) >= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
8605 amt
= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8606 destshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_realloc (destshndx
,
8608 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
8610 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
;
8611 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
8612 flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
8614 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8617 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
8618 flinfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
8619 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
8624 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
8627 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8629 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
8630 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
8632 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
8634 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8635 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
8636 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
8637 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8643 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
8644 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
8645 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
8646 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
8647 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
8650 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8651 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8652 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8655 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
8657 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
8660 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8661 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8662 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8664 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8670 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8671 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8672 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
8673 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8674 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
8678 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8679 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8680 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8683 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8684 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
8687 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
8689 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
8691 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
8694 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8695 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8696 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
8697 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
8698 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
8699 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8700 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8701 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
8702 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
8703 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
8705 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
8707 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
8709 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8710 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
8713 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8715 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8716 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
8718 extsymcount
= symcount
;
8723 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
8724 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
8727 if (extsymcount
== 0)
8730 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
8732 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8735 /* Read in any version definitions. */
8736 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
8737 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
8738 if (extversym
== NULL
)
8741 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8742 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
8743 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
8751 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
8752 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
8753 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
8756 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
8757 unsigned short version_index
;
8759 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
8760 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8763 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
8766 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
8769 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
8771 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
8773 && h
->forced_local
))
8775 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
8776 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
8777 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
8782 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
8783 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
8785 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
8799 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
8800 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
8801 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
8802 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
8803 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
8807 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
8809 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8810 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
8811 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
8813 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8814 asection
*input_sec
;
8815 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8819 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8821 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8822 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8826 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
8827 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
8829 if (!h
->forced_local
)
8831 if (eoinfo
->second_pass
8832 && !((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8833 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8834 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
))
8837 if (!eoinfo
->file_sym_done
8838 && (eoinfo
->second_pass
? eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
== 1
8839 : eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
> 1))
8841 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
8842 with the wrong input file. */
8843 memset (&sym
, 0, sizeof (sym
));
8844 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8845 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8846 if (!elf_link_output_sym (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &sym
,
8847 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
8850 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
8855 if (h
->forced_local
)
8859 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8861 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8863 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
8864 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
8865 references in regular files have already been handled unless
8866 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
8868 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
8870 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
8871 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
8872 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
8873 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
8875 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
8878 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
8879 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
8880 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
8882 if (!(flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
8883 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
8884 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
8886 (flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
8887 == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
))))
8889 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8890 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8896 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
8897 shared libraries. */
8898 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
8899 && flinfo
->info
->executable
8904 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
8905 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
8909 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
8911 /* Check indirect symbol. */
8912 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8913 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8915 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
8916 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8917 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
8918 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8920 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8921 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
8922 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8923 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8924 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
8925 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8926 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8927 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8931 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
8932 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
8933 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
8937 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
8939 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8943 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
8945 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
8946 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
8947 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
8949 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8950 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8951 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
8952 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
8953 || (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
8954 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
8956 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
8957 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8958 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
8959 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
8964 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
8965 nothing else to do unless it is a forced local symbol or a
8966 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
8969 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
8970 && !h
->forced_local
)
8974 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
8975 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
8976 if (h
->forced_local
)
8978 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
8979 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
8980 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
8982 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
8983 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
8984 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, h
->type
);
8985 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8986 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8987 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
8989 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
8990 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
8992 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8995 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8996 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9000 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9001 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9002 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9003 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9006 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9007 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9009 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9010 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9012 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
&& flinfo
->filesym_count
== 1)
9014 bfd_boolean second_pass_sym
9015 = (input_sec
->owner
== flinfo
->output_bfd
9016 || input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9017 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
9018 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0);
9020 eoinfo
->need_second_pass
|= second_pass_sym
;
9021 if (eoinfo
->second_pass
!= second_pass_sym
)
9026 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9027 input_sec
->output_section
);
9028 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9030 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9031 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
9032 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9033 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9034 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9038 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9039 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9041 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9042 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9044 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9045 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9047 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9048 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9049 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9052 /* The TLS section may have been garbage collected. */
9053 BFD_ASSERT (flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
9054 && !input_sec
->gc_mark
);
9061 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9062 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9063 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9064 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9069 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9070 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9071 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9072 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9075 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9076 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9077 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9078 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9079 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9080 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9081 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9085 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9086 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9087 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9088 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9089 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9090 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9092 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9093 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9095 && ((flinfo
->info
->shared
9096 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9097 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9098 || !h
->forced_local
)
9099 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9101 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9102 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9104 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9109 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9110 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9111 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9112 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9113 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9114 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9115 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9117 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9118 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9121 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9123 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9124 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9127 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9128 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9130 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9131 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9134 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9135 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9136 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9137 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9138 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9143 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9144 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9145 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9146 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9147 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9148 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9153 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9154 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9155 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9156 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9158 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9159 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9160 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9161 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9165 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9166 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9167 the entry in the .hash section. */
9168 if (flinfo
->dynsym_sec
!= NULL
9170 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9174 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9175 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9176 have a run-time problem. */
9177 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
9179 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9181 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9183 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9184 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9185 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9186 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9191 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9192 esym
= flinfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9193 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9195 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9198 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9200 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9202 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9203 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9208 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9209 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9212 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9213 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9214 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9215 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9216 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9218 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9219 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9220 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9223 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9225 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9226 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9228 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9230 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9231 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
9232 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
9233 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9235 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9239 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9240 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9242 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9243 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9248 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9250 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9251 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9252 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9256 /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
9257 there's nothing else to do. */
9258 if (strip
|| (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9261 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9262 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
);
9265 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9270 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9276 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9277 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9280 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9282 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9284 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9286 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9287 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9293 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9294 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9295 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9301 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9302 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9303 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9304 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9305 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9306 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9307 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9308 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9311 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9313 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9316 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9319 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9322 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9325 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9328 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9329 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9331 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9332 asection
*s
= first
;
9336 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9339 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9347 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9348 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9352 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9356 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9359 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9360 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9362 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9363 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9365 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9370 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9371 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9372 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9373 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9376 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9378 int (*relocate_section
)
9379 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9380 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9382 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9387 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9389 asection
**ppsection
;
9391 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9392 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9393 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9394 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9396 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
9398 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9399 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9400 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9402 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9403 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9405 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9408 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9409 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9411 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9416 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9417 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9420 /* Read the local symbols. */
9421 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9422 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
9424 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
9425 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
9426 flinfo
->external_syms
,
9427 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
9428 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9432 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
9433 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
9434 going into the output file. */
9435 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
9436 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
9438 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
9442 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
9448 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9450 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9457 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9458 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9459 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
9460 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9461 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
9462 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9465 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9468 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
9469 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
9473 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
9474 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
9476 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
9477 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
9483 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
9484 if (ppsection
== flinfo
->sections
)
9487 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9489 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
9490 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
9495 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
9497 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9500 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
9501 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
9502 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
9503 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
9505 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
9508 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
9509 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
9510 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
9511 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
9512 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
9513 isec
->output_section
))
9516 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
9517 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9522 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
9523 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9524 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
9526 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
9527 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9528 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
9529 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
9532 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
9534 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9535 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9539 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
9540 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
9541 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
9542 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
9543 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
9544 source file, but the best we can do. */
9545 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9546 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9547 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
9548 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9549 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9550 if (!elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, input_bfd
->filename
, &osym
,
9551 bfd_abs_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9557 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
9558 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9559 isec
->output_section
);
9560 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9563 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
9564 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
9565 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
9566 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
9567 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
9568 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
9569 these requirements. */
9570 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
9571 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9573 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
9574 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9576 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
9577 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
9578 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
9582 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9583 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
9590 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9598 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
9603 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
9604 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
9605 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9609 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
9611 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
9615 if (flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9616 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
9618 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
9619 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
9620 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
9621 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
9623 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
9624 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9625 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
9627 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
9628 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9629 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9630 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9631 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
9633 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
9635 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9637 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
9638 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9639 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
9643 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
9645 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
9646 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
9647 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9652 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
9653 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9658 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9660 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9663 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
9665 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9666 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
, NULL
);
9670 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
9674 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
9675 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
9679 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
9680 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
9683 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
9685 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
9690 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
9691 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
9692 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
9693 the routines which work on output files. */
9694 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
9696 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
9697 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
9699 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
9701 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
9702 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
9707 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
9708 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
9712 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
9714 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9715 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9716 int action_discarded
;
9719 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
9721 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
9722 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
9723 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
9724 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
9727 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
9728 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
9729 if (o
->size
> address_size
9730 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
9731 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9732 ".init_array") == 0)
9733 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
9734 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9735 ".fini_array") == 0))
9736 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
9738 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
9740 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9741 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
9742 "multiple of address size"),
9744 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
9747 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
9750 action_discarded
= -1;
9751 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
9752 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
9754 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
9755 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
9756 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
9757 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
9758 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
9760 rel
= internal_relocs
;
9761 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9762 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9764 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9765 unsigned int s_type
;
9766 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
9767 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
9768 const char *sym_name
;
9770 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9773 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9774 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9775 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9777 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9779 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
9780 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
9781 we do not seg fault. */
9786 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
9787 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9788 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
9789 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
9790 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
9791 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9795 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9796 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9797 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9802 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9803 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9804 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9806 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9810 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
9812 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
9813 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9814 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9818 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
9819 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9822 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
9823 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
9825 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
9826 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
9827 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
9828 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
9829 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
9830 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
9831 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
9832 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
9833 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
9835 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
9836 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
9839 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
9840 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
9845 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
9847 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
9848 discarded section. */
9849 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9851 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
9852 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
9853 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
9854 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
9855 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
9856 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
9858 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
9859 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
9860 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
9861 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
9862 symbol here means we will be changing all later
9863 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
9864 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
9868 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
9880 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
9882 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
9883 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
9884 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
9885 reloc addend as necessary.
9887 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
9888 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
9890 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
9891 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
9892 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
9894 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
9895 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
9896 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
9897 corresponding to the output section, which will require
9898 the addend to be adjusted. */
9900 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
9901 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
9909 || flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9910 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
9912 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
9913 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
9914 bfd_vma last_offset
;
9915 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
9916 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
9917 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
9918 unsigned int next_erel
;
9919 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
9920 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
9922 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
9923 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
9924 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
9926 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
9928 irela
= internal_relocs
;
9929 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9930 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
9931 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
9932 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
9934 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
9935 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
9936 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
9937 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9938 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
9939 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
9940 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9941 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9942 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
9944 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9946 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9948 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9954 if (irela
== irelamid
)
9956 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
9957 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9958 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
9961 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
9964 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
9966 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
9967 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
9968 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
9969 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
9971 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
9973 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
9977 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
9979 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
9980 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9981 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9983 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
9985 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9986 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9989 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9990 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9991 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9993 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
9996 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
9997 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
9998 we do not know the symbol index of any global
9999 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10000 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10001 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10002 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10003 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10004 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10005 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10006 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10007 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10009 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10010 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10011 used by a reloc. */
10012 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10020 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10023 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10024 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10025 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10027 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10028 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10029 processor specific section. */
10030 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10031 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10033 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10035 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10040 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10042 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10043 section will be the absolute section. In
10044 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10045 the kept section. relocate_section should
10046 have already handled discarded linkonce
10048 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10049 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10050 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10052 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10053 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10056 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10058 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10059 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10061 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10062 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10064 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10065 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10070 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10071 section winds up in the output section. */
10073 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10077 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10079 unsigned long shlink
;
10084 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10086 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10087 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10091 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10092 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10093 must output it now. */
10094 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10095 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10096 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10100 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10102 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10104 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10107 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10108 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
10110 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10111 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10113 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10115 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10116 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10117 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10122 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10123 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
10128 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10133 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10136 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10137 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10140 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10141 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10142 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10144 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10149 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10150 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10151 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10154 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10155 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10157 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10166 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10167 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10168 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10171 /* Section written out. */
10173 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10175 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10176 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10178 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10179 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10182 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10183 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10184 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10187 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10189 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10196 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10197 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10199 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10200 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10201 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10203 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10206 todo
-= address_size
;
10207 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10215 offset
+= address_size
;
10219 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10233 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10234 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10235 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10239 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10240 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10241 asection
*output_section
,
10242 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10244 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10248 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10249 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10250 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10251 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10252 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10255 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10257 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10260 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10264 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10267 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10268 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10269 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10276 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
10277 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
10278 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10280 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
10281 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
10282 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10286 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10288 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
10289 actually against the section. */
10290 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
10291 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
10292 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
10293 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
10295 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10296 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10300 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10301 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
10302 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10303 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
10304 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
10305 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
10306 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
10308 else if (h
!= NULL
)
10310 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
10311 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10318 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10319 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
10325 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10327 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10329 bfd_size_type size
;
10330 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10333 const char *sym_name
;
10335 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10336 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10339 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10346 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10349 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10350 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10351 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10352 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10354 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10355 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10356 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
10357 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
10364 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10365 link_order
->offset
, size
);
10371 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
10372 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
10374 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
10375 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10376 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
10378 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
10380 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
10381 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
10382 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
10384 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10385 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10387 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10389 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
10390 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
10391 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
10393 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
10394 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10398 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
10399 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
10400 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10409 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
10412 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
10414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
10418 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10419 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
10420 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
10421 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
10423 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
10424 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
10425 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
10426 where elfsec is 0. */
10429 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
10430 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
10431 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
10432 bed
->link_order_error_handler
10433 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
10438 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
10439 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10444 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
10445 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
10448 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
10453 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
10454 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
10457 return apos
> bpos
;
10461 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
10462 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
10463 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
10464 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
10467 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
10469 int seen_linkorder
;
10472 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10474 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10476 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
10477 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
10481 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
10483 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10484 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10486 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10488 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10490 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10491 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
10492 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
10493 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
10494 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
10495 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
10509 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
10511 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
10512 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
10514 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
10517 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
10519 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10524 if (!seen_linkorder
)
10527 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
10528 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
10529 if (sections
== NULL
)
10531 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10533 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10535 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
10537 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
10538 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
10539 compare_link_order
);
10541 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
10543 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
10545 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
10546 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
10547 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
10548 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
10549 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10550 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
10558 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
10562 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
10563 _bfd_stringtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
10564 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
10565 free (flinfo
->contents
);
10566 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
10567 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
10568 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
10569 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
10570 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
10571 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
10572 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
10573 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10574 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
10575 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
10576 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
10577 free (flinfo
->indices
);
10578 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
10579 free (flinfo
->sections
);
10580 if (flinfo
->symbuf
!= NULL
)
10581 free (flinfo
->symbuf
);
10582 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
10583 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
10584 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10586 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10587 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
10588 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
10589 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
10590 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
10594 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
10597 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10599 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
10600 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
10602 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
10604 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10606 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
10607 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
10608 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
10609 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
10610 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
10612 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
10614 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10615 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
10616 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
10617 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10618 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
10619 bfd_boolean merged
;
10620 size_t relativecount
= 0;
10621 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
10623 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
10624 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
10625 const char *std_attrs_section
;
10627 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
10631 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
10633 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
10634 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10636 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
10637 || info
->emitrelocations
);
10639 flinfo
.info
= info
;
10640 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
10641 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
10642 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
10647 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
10648 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
10649 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
10653 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
10654 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
10655 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
10656 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
10657 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
10660 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
10661 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
10662 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
10663 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
10664 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
10665 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
10666 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
10667 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
10668 flinfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
10669 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
10670 flinfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
10671 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
10672 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
10674 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
10675 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
10677 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
10678 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10680 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
10681 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
10683 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10685 asection
*input_section
;
10687 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10689 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10690 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10691 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10692 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10695 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
10698 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
10700 /* Skip this section later on. */
10701 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10704 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10708 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
10709 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
10710 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
10711 max_contents_size
= 0;
10712 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
10713 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
10715 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
10717 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10719 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10720 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
10722 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10724 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
10725 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
10727 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10728 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10730 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10734 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10735 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
10737 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
10738 link. This will normally be every section. We need
10739 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
10740 the linker has decided to not include. */
10741 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
10743 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10746 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
10747 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
10748 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
10749 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
10750 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
10752 else if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
10753 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10754 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
10755 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
10757 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
10758 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
10759 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
10760 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
10762 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
10764 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10765 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
10769 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
10770 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
10771 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10773 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
10775 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
10776 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
10778 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
10779 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
10780 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
10782 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10784 size_t ext_size
= 0;
10786 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10787 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10788 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10789 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10791 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
10792 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
10793 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
10794 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10799 if (reloc_count
== 0)
10802 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
10804 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10805 && (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
))
10808 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
10809 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
10810 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
10815 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10817 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10821 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10822 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
10825 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
10826 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
10827 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
10828 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
10831 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
10832 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
10833 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
10834 sections are handled correctly. */
10835 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
10836 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
10840 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
10841 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
10842 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
10844 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
10845 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
10846 to create a symbol table. */
10847 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
== strip_all
? 0 : 1;
10848 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10849 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
10852 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
10853 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10855 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10856 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10859 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
10863 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
10867 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
10868 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
10869 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
10870 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
10873 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
10874 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
10875 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
10876 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
10877 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
10878 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10879 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
10880 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
10881 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
10882 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10883 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
10884 /* sh_info is set below. */
10885 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
10886 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
10888 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
10889 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
10891 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
10892 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
10893 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
10895 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
10896 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
10897 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
10898 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
10900 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
10901 amt
= flinfo
.symbuf_size
;
10902 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10903 flinfo
.symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10904 if (flinfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
10906 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
10908 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
10909 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
10910 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
10911 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10912 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
10913 if (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
10917 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
10919 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10922 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10923 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10924 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
10925 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10926 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10927 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10928 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
10933 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
10934 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
10935 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
10936 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
10937 outputting relocs. */
10938 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10941 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10942 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10943 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10944 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10945 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10946 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
10948 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
10951 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
10952 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
10953 if (!info
->relocatable
)
10954 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
10955 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
) != 1)
10961 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
10963 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
10965 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
10966 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
10970 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
10972 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
10973 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
10977 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
10979 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10980 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
10981 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10982 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
10986 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
10988 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10989 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10990 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
10993 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
10994 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10995 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
10998 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
10999 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11000 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11003 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11004 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11005 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11009 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11011 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11012 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11013 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11017 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
11019 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11022 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
11023 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
11026 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
11029 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
11031 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
11034 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
11036 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
11038 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
11039 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
11040 alignment requirements. */
11041 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
11042 end
= align_power (end
,
11043 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
11044 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
11047 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
11048 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11050 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
11054 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
11055 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
11056 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
11057 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
11058 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
11060 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
11061 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
11062 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
11063 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
11064 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
11065 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
11066 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
11067 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
11068 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
11069 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
11070 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
11071 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
11072 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
11074 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11075 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
11076 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11078 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11080 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11081 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
11082 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11083 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11085 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
11087 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
11089 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
11092 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11093 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11095 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11100 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11102 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11103 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
11104 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11105 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11106 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
11108 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
11110 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
)
11112 iclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
11113 oclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
11117 iclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
11118 oclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
11121 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11122 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11123 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
11124 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
11133 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
11134 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
11136 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11137 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11138 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
11140 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
11141 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
11145 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11146 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11147 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11148 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11149 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11150 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11151 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11152 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11153 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
11154 eoinfo
.need_second_pass
= FALSE
;
11155 eoinfo
.second_pass
= FALSE
;
11156 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
11157 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11161 if (eoinfo
.need_second_pass
)
11163 eoinfo
.second_pass
= TRUE
;
11164 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11169 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
11170 table, do it now. */
11171 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11173 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11174 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11175 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11177 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11178 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11182 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
11183 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
11184 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
11185 converted to local in a version script. */
11187 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
11188 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11191 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
11192 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11194 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11195 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
11196 long last_local
= 0;
11198 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
11199 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
11205 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11207 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11209 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11215 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
11218 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
11219 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
11220 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
11221 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11223 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
11224 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11225 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
11226 last_local
= dynindx
;
11227 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11231 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
11232 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
11234 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
11235 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11240 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
11241 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
11242 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
11244 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11246 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
11251 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
11252 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11254 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
11256 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
11259 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
11260 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
11262 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11263 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11267 elf_section_data (flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
11271 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
11272 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11273 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
11274 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11275 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11279 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
11280 table, do it now. */
11281 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11283 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11284 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11285 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11287 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11288 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
11292 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
11293 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&flinfo
, bed
))
11296 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
11297 off
+= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
11299 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11300 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
11302 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
11303 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11304 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11305 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11306 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
11308 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
11311 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11312 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
11317 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
11319 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
11320 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
11321 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
11322 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
11323 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
11324 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11325 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
11326 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
11327 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
11328 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11329 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
11331 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11332 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
11334 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
11336 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11337 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
11341 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
11342 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11344 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11346 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
11349 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
11350 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11351 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
);
11352 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11353 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
);
11355 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
11356 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
11357 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11360 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
11361 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
11363 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
11364 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
11367 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11369 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
11370 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11371 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
11373 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11374 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11375 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11377 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11381 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11388 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
11390 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
11392 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
11393 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
11396 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
11403 name
= info
->init_function
;
11406 name
= info
->fini_function
;
11409 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11411 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
11412 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
11414 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11415 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11417 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11418 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11419 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11420 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
11421 + o
->output_offset
);
11424 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
11425 library and does not apply to this one. */
11426 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11433 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11434 name
= ".preinit_array";
11436 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11437 name
= ".init_array";
11439 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
11440 name
= ".fini_array";
11442 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11445 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11446 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11450 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11451 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
11452 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
11455 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
11456 name
= ".preinit_array";
11458 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
11459 name
= ".init_array";
11461 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
11462 name
= ".fini_array";
11469 name
= ".gnu.hash";
11478 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
11481 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
11484 name
= ".gnu.version";
11486 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11489 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11490 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11493 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
11495 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11496 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
11497 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
11500 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
11507 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
11511 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11512 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11513 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11515 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11517 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
11518 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
11519 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
11521 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
11522 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
11525 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
11526 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
11527 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
11533 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
11537 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
11538 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
11540 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
11543 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
11544 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
)
11545 || info
->error_textrel
)
11546 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
11548 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11550 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11551 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11552 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11554 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11556 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11558 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
11560 if (info
->error_textrel
)
11561 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11562 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
11564 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11565 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
11571 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11573 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
11575 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11577 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
11579 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
11580 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
11583 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
11585 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
11587 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
11589 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
11590 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
11592 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
11598 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
11600 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
11601 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11602 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
11603 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
11609 if (info
->relocatable
)
11611 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
11613 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
11618 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
11619 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
11621 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
11625 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
11628 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
11630 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11634 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
11635 if (contents
== NULL
)
11636 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
11637 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
11638 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
11645 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
11649 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
11652 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11653 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
11655 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11656 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11658 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11659 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11661 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
11662 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11663 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
11664 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
11666 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11667 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
11671 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11672 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11675 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11676 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
11678 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
11680 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
11681 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
11683 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
11684 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
11686 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
11688 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
11691 if (info
->keep_memory
)
11692 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
11697 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
11700 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
11702 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11704 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11705 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
11706 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
11707 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
11710 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
11711 of input bfd ABFD. */
11714 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11715 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
11718 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11720 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
11722 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
11723 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
11727 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11729 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
11730 info
->keep_memory
);
11731 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
11733 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11734 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
11735 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11737 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11741 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
11745 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11748 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
11749 free (cookie
->rels
);
11752 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
11755 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11756 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11759 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
11761 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
11766 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11771 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
11775 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11778 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
11779 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11782 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
11784 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
11787 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11788 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11789 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11790 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11791 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11793 const char *sec_name
;
11797 switch (h
->root
.type
)
11799 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11800 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11801 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11803 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11804 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
11806 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11807 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11808 /* To work around a glibc bug, keep all XXX input sections
11809 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
11810 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
11811 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
11812 representable as a C identifier. */
11813 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
11814 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
11815 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
11816 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
11820 if (sec_name
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
11824 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
11826 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
11828 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
11838 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
11843 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11844 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
11845 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
11848 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
11849 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11850 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11852 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11853 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11855 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
11856 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11859 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
11860 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
11862 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
11863 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11864 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11865 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11867 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
11868 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
11869 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
11870 handling copy relocs. */
11871 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
11872 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
11873 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
11876 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
11877 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
11880 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11881 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
11882 the relocation symbol. */
11885 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11887 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11888 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11892 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
);
11893 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
11895 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
11896 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
11898 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11904 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
11905 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
11906 which define symbols to which it refers. */
11909 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11911 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
11914 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
11918 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
11919 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
11920 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
11921 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11924 /* Look through the section relocs. */
11926 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
11927 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11928 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
11929 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
11931 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11933 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
11937 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
11938 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11943 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
11947 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
11949 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11951 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
11955 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
11956 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11958 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
11965 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
11968 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11969 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11973 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
11976 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
11977 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
11979 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11982 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
11983 see if any other section is already marked,
11984 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
11985 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= FALSE
;
11986 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
11988 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
11990 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
11993 if (debug_frag_seen
== FALSE
11994 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
11995 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
11996 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
11999 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
12000 toss out the debug and special sections. */
12004 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
12005 not part of a group, or when we have single-member groups. */
12006 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12007 if ((elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
12008 || elf_next_in_group (isec
) == isec
)
12009 && ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
12010 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0))
12013 if (! debug_frag_seen
)
12016 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
12017 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
12018 are associated with that code section. */
12019 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12020 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12021 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
12026 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
12028 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug section
12029 containing the name of the code section as a suffix. For
12030 example .debug_line.text.foo is a debug section associated
12032 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
12036 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
12037 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12040 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
12043 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
12044 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
12055 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12057 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
12059 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12060 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
12065 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
12068 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12069 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12070 && !(h
->def_regular
12071 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
12072 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
12073 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
12075 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
12077 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
12078 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
12079 h
->def_regular
= 0;
12080 h
->ref_regular
= 0;
12081 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
12087 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
12089 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
12090 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
12093 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12096 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12097 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
12098 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
12099 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
12101 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12105 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12108 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12110 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
12111 sections in the section group. If the first member of
12112 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
12114 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12116 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
12117 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
12123 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
12124 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
12127 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
12128 to remove a section from the output. */
12129 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12131 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
12132 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
12134 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
12135 info we collected before. */
12137 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12138 && o
->reloc_count
!= 0
12139 && !((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
12140 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12141 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12143 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12147 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12148 info
->keep_memory
);
12149 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12152 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
12154 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12155 free (internal_relocs
);
12163 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
12164 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
12165 static symbol table as well? */
12166 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
12167 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
12168 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
12171 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
12175 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
12176 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12179 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12181 /* Those that are not vtables. */
12182 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12185 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
12186 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
12189 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
12190 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
12193 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
12194 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
12196 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
12198 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
12200 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12201 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
12206 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
12208 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
12209 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12211 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12214 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12215 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12217 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
12218 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12219 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
12234 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12237 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
12238 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
12239 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12240 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12242 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
12243 well as those that are not loaded. */
12244 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12247 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12248 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
12250 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12251 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12252 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
12254 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
12256 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
12257 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
12258 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12260 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
12262 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
12263 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
12265 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
12266 if (h
->vtable
->used
12267 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
12269 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
12270 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
12273 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
12274 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
12280 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
12281 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
12285 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12287 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
12288 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
12290 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12291 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12294 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
12295 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
12296 && (!info
->executable
12297 || info
->export_dynamic
12300 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
12301 && (strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
) != NULL
12302 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
12303 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
12304 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12309 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
12310 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
12313 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12315 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
12317 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
12319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12321 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
12322 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
12325 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12326 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12327 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
12328 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12332 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
12335 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12337 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
12339 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
12340 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12341 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12343 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
12344 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12346 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
12350 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
12351 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
12353 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
12354 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
12355 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12358 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12360 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
12361 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12363 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
12364 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
12365 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12366 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
12367 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12368 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (sec
);
12372 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
12373 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
12377 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
12378 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
12382 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
12383 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
12384 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
12386 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
12387 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
12388 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12392 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12395 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
12396 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
12398 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12400 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
12401 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
12402 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
12403 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
12405 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12410 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
12411 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12413 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
12414 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
12417 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
12420 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
12422 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12425 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
12426 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
12427 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
12428 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12430 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
12431 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
12433 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12434 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
12435 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
12437 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12438 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
12440 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
12441 offset as the relocation. */
12442 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
12444 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
12445 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12446 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12447 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
12448 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
12452 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
12453 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
12454 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
12458 if (!child
->vtable
)
12460 child
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12461 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
));
12462 if (!child
->vtable
)
12467 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
12468 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
12469 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
12470 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
12472 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
12475 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
12480 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
12483 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12484 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12488 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12489 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12493 h
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12494 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
));
12499 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
12501 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
12502 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12504 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
12506 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
12507 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
12508 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12512 if (addend
>= size
)
12514 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
12515 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
12516 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12519 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
12521 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
12522 consolidation pass. */
12523 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
12527 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
12533 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
12534 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
12535 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
12539 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
12544 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
12545 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
12546 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
12549 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
12554 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
12558 flagword flag_value
;
12559 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
12561 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
12563 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
12564 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
12565 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
12566 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
12567 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
12568 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
12569 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
12570 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
12571 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
12572 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
12573 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
12574 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
12577 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
12579 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12580 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
12583 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
12585 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
12587 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
12588 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12589 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
12591 int without_hex
= 0;
12593 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
12596 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
12598 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
12599 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
12601 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
12605 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12606 with_hex
|= hexval
;
12607 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12608 without_hex
|= hexval
;
12613 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
12615 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
12617 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12618 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12619 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12620 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12627 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12628 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
12632 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
12633 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
12634 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
12637 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
12640 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
12646 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
12648 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12651 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
12652 to real got offsets. */
12655 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
12657 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
12658 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
12659 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12661 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
12663 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
12664 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
12667 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
12672 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
12673 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
12676 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
12677 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12680 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12682 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
12684 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
12686 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12689 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
12690 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
12691 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
12694 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
12696 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
12697 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
12699 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
12700 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
12701 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12703 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12706 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
12710 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
12711 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
12712 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12714 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12716 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
12718 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
12720 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
12721 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
12724 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
12728 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
12729 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
12730 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
12731 gofarg
.info
= info
;
12732 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12733 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
12738 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
12739 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
12742 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12744 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
12747 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
12748 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
12752 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
12754 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
12756 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12757 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
12759 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
12761 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12763 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12764 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
12766 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
12769 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12770 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12773 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
12774 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12776 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12778 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
12780 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12781 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12782 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12784 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12785 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12786 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
12787 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
12788 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
12793 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
12794 but it could be a relocation against a local
12795 symbol for a discarded section. */
12797 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12799 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
12800 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
12801 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12803 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
12804 || discarded_section (isec
)))
12812 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
12813 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
12814 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
12815 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
12818 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12820 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12825 if (info
->traditional_format
12826 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12829 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
12834 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12837 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
12838 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
12842 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12845 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
12848 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
12849 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
12850 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12854 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
12858 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
12863 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12869 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12872 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
12875 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
12876 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
12877 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12881 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
12885 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
12887 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12889 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12892 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12894 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
12896 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
12899 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
12902 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
12906 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
12907 && !info
->relocatable
12908 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
12915 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
12917 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12920 const char *name
, *key
;
12921 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
12922 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
12924 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12927 flags
= sec
->flags
;
12929 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
12930 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
12931 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
12934 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
12935 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
12936 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
12939 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
12941 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
12942 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
12943 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
12944 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
12947 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
12948 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
12949 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
12952 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
12953 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
12954 single member groups. */
12958 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
12960 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12962 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
12963 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
12964 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
12965 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
12966 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
12967 type of section. */
12968 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12969 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
12970 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
12971 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
12973 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
12974 issue a warning. */
12975 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
12978 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12980 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
12981 asection
*s
= first
;
12985 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12986 /* Record which group discards it. */
12987 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
12988 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
12989 /* These lists are circular. */
12999 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
13000 linkonce section and vice versa. */
13001 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13003 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13005 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
13006 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
13007 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13008 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13009 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
13011 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13012 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13013 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13018 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
13019 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13020 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13022 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
13025 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
13026 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
13028 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13029 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
13034 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
13035 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
13036 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
13037 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
13038 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
13039 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
13040 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
13041 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
13042 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
13043 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
13044 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
13046 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
13047 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13048 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13049 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
13051 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
13052 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13056 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
13057 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
13058 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
13059 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13063 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13065 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
13069 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13075 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13077 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13081 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
13082 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13083 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13084 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13085 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13087 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13088 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
13091 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
13093 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
13095 static const char *
13096 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
13098 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13101 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
13102 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
13104 if (old_name
== NULL
)
13107 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
13108 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
13113 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
13114 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
13115 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
13119 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13121 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13123 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13125 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13127 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13131 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
13133 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13134 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13141 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
13142 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
13143 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
13146 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
13147 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
13148 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
13149 string table associated with ABFD. */
13152 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
* sec
,
13154 unsigned int alignment
,
13156 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13158 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13160 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13162 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13167 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
13169 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13171 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
13172 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
13173 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
13174 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
13176 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
13177 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13179 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
13180 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
13181 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
13182 seen to be a .rela section. */
13183 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
13184 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
13189 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13195 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
13196 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
13197 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
13198 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
13200 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
13201 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
13202 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
13204 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
13205 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
13206 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
13208 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
13209 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
13211 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
13212 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
13215 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13218 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13220 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13221 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
13222 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13223 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
13226 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13229 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13231 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13232 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
13233 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13234 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);